diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
index a3c310bbf8..cd2418810d 100644
--- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
@@ -1,170 +1,165 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-MRK	front	intro	r2f2			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br>    * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br>    * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br>    * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br><br>*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.<br><br>*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### Sabbath/Sabbaths<br><br>Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+MRK	front	intro	r2f2			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br>    * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br>    * Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br>    * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:<br><br>*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone's father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.<br><br>*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### Sabbath/Sabbaths<br><br>Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
 MRK	1	intro	c6ep			0		# Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br><br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
 MRK	1	1	kpq1	writing-newevent	ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This verse introduces the reader to the story of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	1	1	i3bc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	1	2	fc4t	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ	1		If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	2	dglq	translate-names	Ἠσαΐᾳ	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MRK	1	2	dglq	translate-names	Ἠσαΐᾳ	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>
 MRK	1	2	gu7i	figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	**before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-yousingular	προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face … your way	Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-yousingular	προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face … your way	Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	1	2	kl12	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	will prepare your way	That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	3	lkm3		φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,	1	The voice of one crying out in the wilderness	Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:”
 MRK	1	3	cf0e	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		**a voice** here is used to depict the person of the “messenger” from the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it “The voice of the messenger is crying out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	1	3	v3n3	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight	**Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	1	3	peh5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	**Make ready the way of the Lord** represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	3	xlxd	figs-explicit	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	People prepare for the coming of Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	3	yyk3	figs-extrainfo	Κυρίου	1		**the Lord** in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-MRK	1	3	h8rt	figs-idiom	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν	1		The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
+MRK	1	3	yyk3	figs-explicit	Κυρίου	1		**the Lord** in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	1	3	h8rt	figs-idiom	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν	1		The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
 MRK	1	4	di1o	translate-names	Ἰωάννης	1		**John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	1	4	s05n		καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which were done to gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that the person was converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them so that they might follow God and turn from their former evil ways”
-MRK	1	5	u9yg	figs-synecdoche	ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	The word **region** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	1	5	u9yg	figs-synecdoche	ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	The word **region** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	1	5	cf75	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	1	5	h8h7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And John was baptizing them in the Jordan River as there were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	6	n3rk	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.	1		This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	1	6	u2io	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.	1		This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See [John 1:21](../jhn/01/21md)). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-MRK	1	7	l7jd	writing-pronouns	ἐκήρυσσεν	1	he was proclaiming	The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	1	7	g8fw	figs-explicit	κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie	To **stoop down** to untie someone’s **sandal** was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John’s baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	6	n3rk	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.<br><br>	1		This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	1	6	u2io	figs-extrainfo<br>	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.	1		This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See [John 1:21](../jhn/01/4.21md)). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	1	7	l7jd	writing-pronouns<br>	ἐκήρυσσεν	1	he was proclaiming	The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])<br>
+MRK	1	7	g8fw	figs-explicit	κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie	To **stoop down** to untie someone's **sandal** was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John's baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	8	r1j9	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	**And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	You can state **he was baptized by John** in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	**And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate **he was baptized by John** with an active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	1	9	zv8t	figs-go	ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	1	10	ci5n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος	1		It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same Time as he was **coming up out of the water**. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MRK	1	10	stwh	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1		**Immediately** is a very common phrase in the book of Mark. It is used mostly to tell the reader that the event occurs directly after the previous event. Use a word in your own language that depicts this. This will be the only comment on the word immediately in the book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-MRK	1	10	n8sg	figs-activepassive	εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς	1		If the passive would be misunderstood in your language, you can change it to the active. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his **beloved Son** because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MRK	1	12	yv6v		τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”
-MRK	1	13	k2kt	figs-activepassive	πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	1	10	ci5n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος	1		It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same time as he was **coming up out of the water**. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	**Spirit coming down on him like a dove** could mean: (1) **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a bird does” (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MRK	1	10	stwh	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1		The word **immediately** occurs 41 more times throughout the book of Mark. You should try to translate it with the same word or phrase each time it occurs unless for some reason it would be unnatural in your language in certain contexts.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+MRK	1	10	n8sg	figs-activepassive	εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **he saw the heavens being split open** with an active form. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	1	11	jh9m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1		Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
+MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MRK	1	12	mh8n		εὐθὺς	1		See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md)
+MRK	1	12	yv6v		τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”<br>
+MRK	1	13	k2kt	translate-numbers	πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **being tempted by Satan** with an active form. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God”
 MRK	1	13	siu3		ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων	1	he was with	Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”
 MRK	1	13	sojp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.	1		**The angels** were likely providing Jesus with his daily needs, such as food and water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	14	q12s	figs-activepassive	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	after John was arrested	If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	14	o4oh	figs-extrainfo	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		The readers would have know that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-MRK	1	14	tmh9	grammar-connect-time-background	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-MRK	1	14	ys3b	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee: Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	1	14	o4oh	figs-extrainfo	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		The original readers of Mark would have known that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	1	14	tmh9	figs-activepassive	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus' ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+MRK	1	14	ys3b	figs-activepassive	 ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee”
 MRK	1	14	ns6b		κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	proclaiming the gospel	Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news”
-MRK	1	15	i9a9	figs-explicit	πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The time has been fulfilled	This implicitly means the time when God will establish his kingdom, which many of the people would have understood. Alternate translation: “The expected time has come. God is about to establish his kingdom” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-MRK	1	15	kr53	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**the kingdom of God** is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-MRK	1	16	z3j9	figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	casting a net into the sea	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	16	xor6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1		The inserted phrase **for they were fishermen** explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-MRK	1	17	zui3	figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	**Come after me** is an idiom which means to follow someone. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	1	17	mlc6	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you to become fishers of men	**fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use the Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	1	18	tnuc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ εὐθέως	1		See note on Mark 1:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-MRK	1	19	xl2m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα	1	were in the boat mending the nets	Assumed in this passage is that James and John’s net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	20	zjz5	figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	having called them	It may be helpful to state clearly why Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	20	xo7n	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ εὐθὺς	1		See note on Mark 1:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+MRK	1	15	fzq5	figs-idiom	πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ<br>	1		**the time was been fulfilled** means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Oftentimes, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	1	15	kr53	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**the kingdom of God** is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation:  “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
+MRK	1	16	kgzb	figs-explicit	Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν	1		Simon and Andrew are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MRK	1	16	z3j9	figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	casting a net into the sea	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	16	xor6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1		The phrase **for they were fishermen** explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information.Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])<br>
+MRK	1	17	zui3	figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	**Come after me** is an idiom which means to follow someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	1	17	mlc6	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you to become fishers of men	**fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	17	i2sr	figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπων	1		**men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])<br>
+MRK	1	18	tnuc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ εὐθέως	1		See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+MRK	1	19	xl2m	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα	1	were in the boat mending the nets	Assumed in this passage is that James and John's net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “They were in the boat fixing their nets, for they had ripped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	20	zjz5	figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	having called them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	20	b2ci		ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	they went after him	Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
 MRK	1	22	bsc9	figs-ellipsis	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes	The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	1	22	e9gf	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.	1		Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-MRK	1	22	kmxf	figs-ellipsis	ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1		Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed”
-MRK	1	23	w7z2	figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1		The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. Make sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	24	ra8g	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	1	24	qsig	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1		**us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	1	28	hrbh	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If this would be misunderstood, you could clarify. Think of some ways in your language to say that a story spread to many people in your area. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	1	29	ybs7	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	1	30	vnp5	writing-background	πυρέσσουσα	1		A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing.
-MRK	1	31	bzd2	figs-events	ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός	1		Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, while it is happened in the opposite order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-metaphor	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	1	31	i5br	figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	she started serving them	You may want to make explicit that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	32	h0y2	writing-background	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος	1		This phrase gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	1	32	d1i7	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους	1	all those having sickness and those possessed by demons	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	1	33	grp2	figs-metonymy	ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν	1	the whole city was gathered together at the door	The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	1	37	vgc7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε	1	Everyone is seeking you	The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	1	38	plm9	figs-exclusive	ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ	1	We may go elsewhere	“We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word **We** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	1	38	z53z	figs-extrainfo	εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις	1		Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Therefore you do not need to say here which towns these are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-MRK	1	39	lb9t	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.	1		Jesus’ **preaching** and **casting out demons** were happening simultaneously. They were not happening in any order necessarily. Make sure to emphasize that they were going on at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went in all of Galilee	The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	1	40	i2af		ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν λέγων αὐτῷ	1	a leper was coming to him, begging him and kneeling down, was saying to him	“a leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said”
-MRK	1	40	m4j7	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	If you may be willing, you are able to make me clean	In the first phrase, the words “to make me clean” are understood because they appear in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	1	41	l9jg	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Here the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	1	41	qjz4	figs-ellipsis	θέλω	1	I am willing	It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	1	22	e9gf	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.	1		Here, Jesus' teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+MRK	1	22	kmxf	<br>	ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1		Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed”
+MRK	1	23<br><br>	w7z2	figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1		The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	24	ra8g	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	1	24	qsig	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1		**us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	1	28	hrbh	figs-metaphor	<br>καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	29	ybs7		ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter's mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	1	30	vnp5	translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσα	1		A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter's mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	1	31	bzd2	figs-events	ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός	1		Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-explicit	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	31	i5br	figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	she started serving them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	32	h0y2	writing-background	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος	1		***Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	1	32	d1i7	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους	1	all those having sickness and those possessed by demons	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	1	33	grp2	figs-metonymy	ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν	1	the whole city was gathered together at the door	The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simon's house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	1	33	pa4f	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν	1		The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Jesus’ door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	1	37	vgc7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε	1	Everyone is seeking you	The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	1	38	plm9	figs-exclusive	ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ	1	We may go elsewhere	Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	1	38	z53z	figs-extrainfo	εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις	1		Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])<br>
+MRK	1	39	lb9t	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.<br><br>	1		Jesus' was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous)
+MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went in all of Galilee	The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	1	41	l9jg	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person's need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	1	41	flc0	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	1	41	qjz4	figs-ellipsis	θέλω	1	I am willing	If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	1	43	iw7t			0	General Information:	The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
-MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	1	44	pdgt	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1		**Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could be: (1) a testimony to the priests. (2) a testimony to the people of Israel.
-MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely	Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	1	45	z363	figs-hyperbole	πάντοθεν	1	from all sides	The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	2	intro	zhb5			0		# Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	1	ir5j	figs-activepassive	ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1	it was heard that he is at home	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	2	1	j6pa	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1		The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already bee in Capernaum (Mark 1:21). You could make this more explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
+MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely	Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	1	45	z363	figs-hyperbole	πάντοθεν	1	from all sides	The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	2	intro	zhb5			0		# Mark 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)<br>1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)<br>1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)<br>1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)<br>1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
+MRK	2	1	ir5j	figs-activepassive	ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1	it was heard that he is at home	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	2	1	j6pa	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1		The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])<br>
 MRK	2	1	afvi	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1		There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	3	c1vr		φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν	1	bringing a paralyzed man	“bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
-MRK	2	3	s21g	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1		A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	2	4	v6ma		ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
-MRK	2	4	ouxr	translate-unknown	κράβαττον	1		A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
-MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	5	hzg6	translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-MRK	2	5	lkd2	translate-kinship	καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ	1		Alternate translation: “Jesus saw that they believe in who He was, and that He was able to heal. Therefore, he said to the paralyzed man”
-MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	Why does this man speak this way?	The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	Who is able to forgive sins except God alone?	The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	8	niy6		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	The word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	2	3	s21g	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν<br>	1		A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can't use their legs, but sometimes they can't use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
+MRK	2	4	v6ma	translate-unknown	ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	2	4	ouxr	translate-unknown 	κράβαττον	1		A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
+MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	**having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	5	hzg6	translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus' son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	Why does this man speak this way?	The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	Who is able to forgive sins except God alone?	The scribes used this question to say that since only **God is able to forgive sins**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	8	niy6	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	The word **spirit** is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	2	8	h3zp	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	10	g4jn		ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	“But so that you may know.” The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd.
-MRK	2	10	jw9z	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	10	g4jn		εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. 
+MRK	2	10	jw9z	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	2	12	ki94		ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	in front of everyone	Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
-MRK	2	13	ma6f	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	Connecting Statement:	This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-MRK	2	13	t2sc	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret. If this would be misunderstood, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Sea of Galilee” or “Lake of Gennesaret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	13	ma6f	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	Connecting Statement:	This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	2	13	zecn	figs-go	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Levi son of Alphaeus	**Alphaeus** was Levi’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	2	15	qf38	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	sinners	These are likely many of Levi’s coworkers and friends. **Tax collectors** were seen as thieves in the culture of that time, and they usually only associated with each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	15	d2w2	figs-explicit	καὶ γίνεται κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1		This meal that they were eating was likely a feast that Levi hosted because Jesus had called Levi to follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Levi son of Alphaeus	**Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
-MRK	2	15	zqcu	figs-hendiadys	καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+MRK	2	15	zqcu	(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])	καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	2	16	rwu1	figs-rquestion	οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	17	ak1u	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness	Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MRK	2	17	c62j	figs-irony	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1		**Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-MRK	2	17	lh4l	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1		The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words “I came...to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	**They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	17	ak1u	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness	Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MRK	2	17	c62j	figs-irony	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1		**Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+MRK	2	17	lh4l	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1		The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase.  If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this.  If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	**They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	2	18	j1h2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες	1		This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	18	y7bm	figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες.	1		This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	2	18	y7bm	figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες.	1		This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	2	19	eke3	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1	The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	19	tto6	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? ὅσον χρόνον ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ’ αὐτῶν, οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν.	1		Jesus refers to himself in verses 19 and 20 as a **bridegroom** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	2	19	tiiz	figs-extrainfo	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1		Even though we know Jesus is talking about himself being the bridegroom, it is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	2	19	tiiz	figs-extrainfo	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1		It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	2	20	y79o	figs-activepassive	τότε	1		**then** here shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	2	21	v6xc	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	2	21	vdza	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.	1		This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MRK	2	21	vdza	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.<br>	1		This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	2	22	fk15	figs-explicit	ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	2	22	dgcz	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1		In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	2	23	jya1	figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	picking the heads of grain	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	23	jya1	figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	picking the heads of grain	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	23	k3pa	figs-explicit	τοὺς στάχυας	1	the heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	24	h41a	figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?	1	Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths?	The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	24	bf8w	figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Look	“Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	25	r14d	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	25	cjzx	figs-doublet	ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν	1		**had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	2	26	y57j	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	26	y57j	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	26	wz3g	figs-metaphor	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	2	27	i374	figs-activepassive	τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο	1	The Sabbath was made for man	Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	2	27	u83s	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	man	**man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	2	27	v3mb	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		**man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	2	27	s2yd	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον	1	not man for the Sabbath	The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	2	28	wgwu	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου		1		Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title.
-MRK	2	28	pwb5		Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”.
+MRK	2	28	wgwu	<br>		1		Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. 
+MRK	2	28	pwb5	<br>		1		There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. 
 MRK	3	intro	x969			0		# Mark 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
-MRK	3	2	vr25	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	3	2	q35x	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-MRK	3	3	nm6w		ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	in our midst	**midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here”
-MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?	Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	3	2	vr25	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1 	so that they might accuse him	If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	3	2	q35x	grammar-connect-logic-goal	 ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+MRK	3	3	nm6w		ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	in our midst	**midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” 
+MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?	Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	3	4	i71v	figs-parallelism	ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill	**Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	3	4	vz6c	figs-ellipsis	ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to save a life, or to kill	The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	3	4	nut4	figs-metonymy	ψυχὴν	1	a life	This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	3	5	n4ep	figs-metaphor	τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		**hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath—whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	3	5	n4ep	figs-metaphor	τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		**hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath — whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	3	5	c3qe	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	3	6	nvk1	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	the Herodians	This is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	8	bi1b		τῆς Ἰδουμαίας	1	Idumea	This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
 MRK	3	8	mm5v	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίει	1	how much he was doing	This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	9	zu5e	figs-explicit	εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν	1	he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him	As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	3	10	e86s	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MRK	3	10	e86s	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	3	10	ge71	figs-explicit	ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	10	qyyv	figs-metaphor	ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ	1		To **press against** someone means that they are drawing very close to them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so a large number of people surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	3	11	ca5i	figs-explicit	προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα	1	they were falling down before him and crying out, saying	Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -174,20 +169,20 @@ MRK	3	13	fatx	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1		**he goe
 MRK	3	16	ywli	translate-textvariants	καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα	1		Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 MRK	3	16	i7tf	translate-names	καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1	To Simon, also he added the name Peter	**Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	3	16	bt0f	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1		In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	3	17	n4gy	figs-metaphor	ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς	1	the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder	Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	This note tells the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	3	17	n4gy	translate-metaphor	ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς	1	the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder	Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]])
+MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	This note tells the reader that **Judas Iscariot** stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br>
 MRK	3	20	jxr5		καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	And he is entering into a house	This is likely the same house which was mentioned previously. See note on 2:1
 MRK	3	20	rq6k	figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	they are not able even to eat bread	The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
 MRK	3	21	mf5q	figs-idiom	ἐξέστη	1	He is out of his mind	This idiom describes how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	3	23	q8f3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν?	1	How is Satan able to cast out Satan?	Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	3	23	xb13	figs-synecdoche	Σατανᾶν	1		The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	3	24	j5sv	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη	1		Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MRK	3	24	j5sv	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη	1		Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br>
 MRK	3	24	b4z4	figs-synecdoche	ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ	1	if a kingdom might have been divided against itself	The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	3	24	k3bz	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι	1	is not able to stand	This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	3	24	h7hr	figs-litotes	οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι	1	is not able to stand	You can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 MRK	3	25	zcr1	figs-metonymy	οἰκία	1	a house	This is a metonym for the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	3	25	dm6j	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι	1		This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MRK	3	25	dm6j	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι	1		This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br>
 MRK	3	25	dlev	figs-parallelism	καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι	1		This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	3	26	w7na	figs-rpronouns	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη	1	if Satan rose up against himself and was divided	The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	3	26	vif7	figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει	1		While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -204,166 +199,122 @@ MRK	3	33	iu9r	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφ
 MRK	3	35	dr45	figs-genericnoun	ὃς	1	whoever may do … this is	**whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	3	35	yr9i	figs-metaphor	οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	this is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	intro	f5ua			0		# Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
-MRK	4	1	i95e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	the sea	Jesus like **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have very hard for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus stepped went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching better.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MRK	4	1	i95e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ<br>	1	the sea	Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	4	2	h2a9		καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	4	3	vqh3	figs-parables	ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι	1	Listen! Behold, the sower	Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MRK	4	4	si37	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	as he sowed, some fell beside the road	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can explain using examples from how seeds are planted in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	4	5	wuw2		καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες	1		In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Other seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	4	6	z2el	figs-idiom	ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος	1		**the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the day. If this would be misunderstood, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “when the sun got hotter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	it was scorched	If your language does not do passive voice, you can change this to active. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	7	bw62		ἄλλο ἔπεσεν	1	choked it … it did not produce	See the note on verse 5
-MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	4	3	gmdi	figs-imperative	ἀκούετε	1		This is an imperative which Jesus speaks to get his listeners to hear what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+MRK	4	4	si37	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	as he sowed, some fell beside the road	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As we was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	4	5	wuw2		καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες	1		In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	4	6	z2el	figs-idiom	ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος	1		**the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	it was scorched	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	7	bw62		 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν<br>	1	choked it … it did not produce	See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md)
+MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	“thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	9	qxy4	figs-123person	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	4	10	u2nj		ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας	1	when he was alone	This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
-MRK	4	11	t9ee	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν…δέδοται	1	To you has been given	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	**to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ inner circle. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they may look, but may not see	Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so that they would not turn	“so that they would not turn to God.” Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	13	xc29			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
-MRK	4	13	qzt4		καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	“And Jesus said to his disciples”
-MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?	Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	4	14	zu7y		ὁ σπείρων	1	The sower	“The farmer who sows his seed”
-MRK	4	14	rp6h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the one who sows God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	4	14	xdaj	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	15	cy3i		οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	But these are the ones beside the road	“In some people, the word is like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
-MRK	4	15	yf39		τὴν ὁδὸν	1	the road	“the path”
-MRK	4	15	q5th		ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν	1	when they might have heard it	Here, **it** refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
-MRK	4	16	ty3q	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ	1	These are the ones	“In some people the word is like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how in some people, the word acts like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And the roots of the young plants are not able to penetrate into them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	4	17	l8xa	figs-explicit	γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1	tribulation or persecution having come because of the word	It may be helpful to explain that **tribulation** comes because people believed God’s message. Alternate translation: “when tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	In this parable, **to stumble** means “to stop believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	Jesus begins to explain how the effect of the word on some people is like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: “the response of other people is like the seeds that were sown among the thorns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	19	wa3k		αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	the cares of this age	“the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
-MRK	4	19	jm32		ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	“the desires for riches”
-MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	entering in choke the word	As Jesus continues to talk about people in whom the word is like the seeds that fell among the thorns, he explains what the desires and worries do to the word in their lives. Alternate translation: “enter in and choke God’s message in their lives like thorns choke young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	19	f4ip		ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	“the word does not produce a crop in them”
-MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	Jesus begins to explain how in some people the word is like seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: “these are the ones in whom the word is like the seeds that were sown in the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	11	t9ee	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To you has been given	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	**to those who are outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they may look, but may not see	**see** here is a metaphor for being spiritually blind. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	12	e33y	figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν	1		Mark is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)<br><br>
+MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so that they would not turn	**turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?	Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	14	m72p	figs-metonymy	ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1		If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Marks’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	14	rp6h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Here, **the word** means the gospel which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sowed the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sowed the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	4	14	xdaj	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Sowing the message represents teaching it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	15	p68u	figs-metaphor	οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1		If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	15	gcuh	figs-metaphor	οὗτοι	1		**These** is a generic noun for people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	4	16	ty3q	figs-metaphor	καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι<br>	1	These are the ones	If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	16	d7ep	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί	1		See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	4	16	gdq7	figs-metaphor	οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they did not fully grasp the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	**They have no root in themselves** is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	**to stumble** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they stop believing in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed into the thorny plants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	18	wlab	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι	1		See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	4	19	wa3k		αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	the cares of this age	Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
+MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	entering in choke the word	Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires to to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant chokes a baby plant, worldly desire chokes faith. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	19	f4ip		ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	**unfruitful** is a metaphor used to depict whether one is a follower of Jesus or not. If a tree is fruitful, it is living and healthy. If it is not fruitful, it is dead or unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	20	d3r7	figs-ellipsis	ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	4	20	tdwj	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	4	21	zzw7		καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	“And Jesus said to the crowd”
-MRK	4	21	nn7e	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?	1	The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it?	This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	21	zzw7		αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	**Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” 
+MRK	4	21	nn7e	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?	1	The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	21	dkq7	figs-rquestion	ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην	1		Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
 MRK	4	22	y5kn	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον	1	nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened	“there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	4	23	izg1	figs-123person	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
-MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others. (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MRK	4	26	r5n7	figs-simile	ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον	1	As a man who may throw his seed	Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer **who may throw his seed**. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who sows his seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MRK	4	27	y5m5		καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	he may sleep and may be awakened, night and day	This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: “he sleeps each night and gets up each day” or “he sleeps each night and gets up the next day”
-MRK	4	27	c6jv		ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός	1	how, he himself does not know	“though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
-MRK	4	28	diz5		χόρτον	1	the blade	the stalk or sprout
-MRK	4	28	cew8		στάχυν	1	the ear	the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
+MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον	1	nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened	**there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret** Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Nothing is hidden that will not be revealed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	See how your translated this in [4:09](../04/09.md)
+MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md)<br>
+MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables	οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MRK	4	26	r5n7	figs-simile	ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον	1	As a man who may throw his seed	Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MRK	4	26	htar	figs-parables	ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	4	28	cew8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	 πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα<br>	1	the ear	These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])<br>
 MRK	4	29	ah9d	figs-metonymy	εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον	1	he immediately sends forth the sickle	Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
-MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what **the kingdom of God** is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	4	31	w4l5		ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it may have been sown	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it”
-MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-MRK	4	33	v2rp	figs-synecdoche	ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον	1	he was speaking the word to them	Here, **word** is a synecdoche for “message of God.” The word **them** refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	4	33	vhe5		καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1	just as they were able to hear	“and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
-MRK	4	34	q2ht		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
-MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he was explaining everything	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK	4	35	qua2			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
-MRK	4	35	hc5b		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
-MRK	4	35	biy2		τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	“the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
-MRK	4	37	at6u	figs-ellipsis	ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον	1	to already be filling the boat	It may be helpful to state that **the boat** was **filling** up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	4	38	qy5l		τῇ πρύμνῃ	1	the stern	This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
-MRK	4	38	xdm6		ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν	1	they wake him up	The word **they** refers to the disciples.
-MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job.
+MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	31	w4l5	figs-activepassive	ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it may have been sown	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	 The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MRK	4	33	y7i2		καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1t		This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])<br>
+MRK	4	34	oo4t	figs-litotes	χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1		Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he was explaining everything	Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	38	qtb3	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	4	39	yym6	figs-doublet	σιώπα, πεφίμωσο	1	Be silent! Be still!	These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	4	39	ag41		γαλήνη μεγάλη	1	a great calm	“a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
-MRK	4	40	h7n3		καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he said to them	“And Jesus said to his disciples”
-MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν	1	Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	4	39	yym6	figs-doublet	σιώπα, πεφίμωσο	1	Be silent! Be still!	These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν	1	Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	41	u8e1	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him?	The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	5	intro	lh25			0		# Mark 5 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MRK	5	1	fix1			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
-MRK	5	1	gt8a		ἦλθον	1	They came	The word **They** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
-MRK	5	1	ahx8		τῆς θαλάσσης	1	the sea	This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
+MRK	5	1	fix1	writing-newevent	καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+MRK	5	1	gt8a	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	They came	Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	5	1	vsc7	translate-names	τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the Gerasenes	This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is “controlled” or “possessed” by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “controlled by an unclean spirit” or “that an unclean spirit possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	5	4	fk7t		πέδαις	1	shackles	pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
-MRK	5	4	tu2d	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	no one was strong enough to subdue him	The man was so **strong** that **no one** could **subdue him**. Alternate translation: “He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	4	gp74		αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	to subdue him	“to control him”
-MRK	5	5	z9ah		κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις	1	cut himself with stones	Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
-MRK	5	6	y6c2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν	1	And seeing Jesus from a distance	When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	6	pw4y		προσεκύνησεν	1	bowed down before	This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
+MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation:  “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	5	4	nsol	translate-unknown	διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1		This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	5	4	fk7t	translate-unknown	πέδαις	1	shackles	**shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	5	6	y6c2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ<br><br>	1	And seeing Jesus from a distance	After **having seen Jesus** the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	5	7	ux6u	figs-events		0	General Information:	The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MRK	5	7	tt7a		κράξας	1	crying out	“the unclean spirit, crying out”
-MRK	5	7	ppu5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?	1	What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	5	7	q8c8		Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς	1	Jesus … may you not torment me	Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
+MRK	5	7	ppu5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?	1	What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	5	7	kd19	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	Son of the Most High God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MRK	5	7	p768		ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν	1	I beg you by God	Here the unclean spirit is swearing **by God** as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: “I beg you before God” or “I swear by God himself and beg you”
-MRK	5	9	p6ye		ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν	1	he was asking him	“Jesus asked the unclean spirit”
-MRK	5	9	h6ch	figs-metaphor	λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.	1	he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.”	One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	5	12	uk54		παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν	1	they begged him	“the unclean spirits begged Jesus”
+MRK	5	9	h6ch	figs-exclusive	λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.	1	he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.”	The spirit who is speaking is speaking on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. **we** here includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	5	9	oa64	figs-exclusive	Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν	1		A **legion** is the name of a large group of Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MRK	5	10	gtq4		καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας	1		Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	5	13	iff6	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	he permitted them	It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	13	g3xx		ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	about 2,000—rushed down the steep hill into the sea, and drowned in the sea	You can make this a separate sentence: “rushed down the steep slope into the sea. There were about 2,000 pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
 MRK	5	13	a28z	translate-numbers	ὡς δισχίλιοι	1	about 2,000	“about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	5	14	lt8x	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	You can state this clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the **city** and **countryside**. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	5	13	ntl1	translate-numbers	ἐξελθόντα	1		Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	5	15	qih4		τὸν λεγεῶνα	1	the Legion	This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
-MRK	5	15	fb4b	figs-idiom	σωφρονοῦντα	1	being in his right mind	This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	5	15	yv69		ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they became afraid	The word **they** refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
-MRK	5	16	t4ez		οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο	1	those who had seen how it happened	“the people who had witnessed what had happened”
-MRK	5	18	mwg9		ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς	1	the one who had been demon-possessed	Though the man is no longer **demon-possessed**, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been demon-possessed”
-MRK	5	19	e21m	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν	1	But he did not permit him	You can state clearly what Jesus did not allow the man to do. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	5	15	fb4b	figs-idiom	σωφρονοῦντα	1	being in his right mind	This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	5	18	pup5	figs-quotations	ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+MRK	5	19	e21m	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν	1	But he did not permit him	Jesus was not allowing the an into the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them in the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	5	20	g8ed	translate-names	τῇ Δεκαπόλει	1	the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	5	20	y8vn	figs-ellipsis	πάντες ἐθαύμαζον	1	everyone was marvelling	It may be helpful to state why the people were **marvelling**. Alternate translation: “all the people who heard what the man said were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	5	21	wyl3			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
-MRK	5	21	t3dc	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	It may be helpful to add information to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	5	21	lyt8		παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	beside the sea	“on the seashore” or “on the shore”
-MRK	5	21	p4p7		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee.
+MRK	5	20	y8vn	figs-ellipsis	πάντες ἐθαύμαζον	1	everyone was marvelling	It may be helpful to state who the people were that were **marveling**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	5	22	v1dm	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	5	23	jd27		ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας	1	you may lay your hands	Here, **lay your hands** refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter.
-MRK	5	23	kzz8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ	1	in order that she may be healed and she may live	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and heal her and make her live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	5	24	d7zg	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	And went with him	“So Jesus went with Jairus.” Jesus’ disciples also went with him. Alternate translation: “So Jesus and the disciples went with Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	24	jgg5		συνέθλιβον αὐτόν	1	was pressing around him	This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus.
-MRK	5	25	rn7h			0	Connecting Statement:	While Jesus is on his way to heal the man’s little 12-year-old girl, a woman who has been sick for 12 years interrupts by touching Jesus for her healing.
+MRK	5	22	u1rx	figs-go	ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων	1		Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “one of the leaders of the synagogue went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	5	23	jd27		ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας	1	you may lay your hands	**lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	5	23	kzz8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ	1	in order that she may be healed and she may live	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	5	25	e2cz	writing-participants	καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα	1	And a woman, being	This introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-MRK	5	25	h58w	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη	1	with a flow of blood for 12 years	The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+MRK	5	25	h58w	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη	1	with a flow of blood for 12 years	The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	5	25	idh9	translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	for 12 years	“for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	5	26	vgh2		εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα	1	having become worse	“her sickness got worse” or “her bleeding increased”
-MRK	5	27	z2hg	figs-explicit	τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the things about Jesus	She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	27	v7h8		τοῦ ἱματίου	1	cloak	outer garment or coat
-MRK	5	28	wge2	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	I will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it will save me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	5	29	c1vz	figs-activepassive	ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος	1	she had been healed from the disease	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	5	30	ma2b		τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν	1	his power had gone out from him	When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: “his healing power had healed the woman”
-MRK	5	31	hb58		τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε	1	this crowd pressed in on you	This means they crowded around Jesus and **pressed** themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:24](../05/24.md).
-MRK	5	33	yn9g		προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	“knelt down before him.” She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
-MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	told him the whole truth	The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	5	34	gbk8		θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
-MRK	5	34	a5qw		ἡ πίστις σου	1	your faith	“your faith in me”
-MRK	5	35	kmm7		ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	“While Jesus was still speaking”
-MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
-MRK	5	35	akl8		τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	the synagogue leader’s house	The leader of the synagogue is Jairus.
-MRK	5	35	ip1p		λέγοντες	1	saying	“saying to Jairus”
+MRK	5	27	z2hg	figs-explicit	τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the things about Jesus	She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	5	28	alc9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν γὰρ	1		This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+MRK	5	28	wge2	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	I will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	5	29	c1vz	figs-activepassive	ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος	1	she had been healed from the disease	If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	5	30	ma2b	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν	1	his power had gone out from him	When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	5	33	r3a0	figs-doublet<br>	 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα	1		Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
+MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	told him the whole truth	The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	5	34	gbk8	translate-kinship	θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br>
 MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	5	35	c5c1		τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	the teacher	This refers to Jesus.
-MRK	5	36	zei3	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	You may want to combine verses 37 and 38 and reorder them to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-MRK	5	36	ge2r		μόνον πίστευε	1	Only believe	If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: “Just believe I can make you daughter live”
-MRK	5	37	y884		οὐκ ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not permit	Jesus did not permit
-MRK	5	37	ed49	figs-explicit	μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι	1	to accompany him	“to come with him.” It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: “to accompany him to Jairus’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	38	t154		θεωρεῖ	1	sees	Jesus saw
-MRK	5	39	m7pu		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	“Jesus said to the people who were weeping”
+MRK	5	35	vqt0	figs-infostructure	ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1		**your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
 MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?	1	Why are you upset and weeping?	Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	5	39	g83c		τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child has not died, but is sleeping	Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
-MRK	5	40	jm38		κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	They were laughing at him	Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
-MRK	5	40	tkl7		ἐκβαλὼν πάντας	1	having put them all outside	“having sent all the other people outside the house”
-MRK	5	40	mi3u		τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	those with him	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
-MRK	5	40	wca3	figs-explicit	εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	he enters where the child was	It may be helpful to state where **the child** is. Alternate translation: “he went into the room where the child was lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+MRK	5	39	dzrk	figs-ellipsis	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1		The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	5	39	g83c	figs-euphemism	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child has not died, but is sleeping	**sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	5	42	pt5t	translate-numbers	ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	she was 12 years of age	“she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MRK	5	43	i5ja	figs-quotations	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ	1	he strictly ordered them that no one should know about this, and	You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he ordered them strictly, ‘No one should know about this!’ Then” or “he ordered them strictly, ‘Do not tell anyone about what I have done!’ Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MRK	5	43	ij1k		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ	1	he strictly ordered them	“he strongly commanded them”
-MRK	5	43	n29k	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	and he told them to give her something to eat	You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+MRK	5	42	m49c	translate-numbers	 καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1		Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	5	43	n29k	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	and he told them to give her something to eat	You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MRK	6	intro	kl7n			0		# Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
 MRK	6	1	mi7z			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
 MRK	6	1	mjr1		τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
@@ -642,176 +593,174 @@ MRK	9	1	q4b6	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to th
 MRK	9	1	xm40	figs-yousingular	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	9	1	kg4x	figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	9	1	qloy	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	9	1	ymou	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	1	ymou	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	1	yjf6	figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	the kingdom of God come with power	The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	by themselves, alone	The author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	9	2	krt6	translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	2	b3bb	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and who would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth and would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	4	f2d6	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1	Elijah with Moses appeared	**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	4	j83a	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		**Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	9	4	pj3i	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες	1	they were talking with	The word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	4	r3uu	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	4	pj3i	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες	1	they were talking with	Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	4	sh7s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	4	y9r3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	5	w6vs		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	answering, Peter says to Jesus	Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
 MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	9	5	k3y1		σκηνάς	1	shelters	**Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep.
+MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	**Shelters** are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
 MRK	9	5	ou1t	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		**Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	5	u7di	translate-names	Ἠλείᾳ	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
 MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	came, overshadowing them	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
 MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	a voice came from the cloud	Mark speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
-MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	9	7	lg0e	figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1		**Listen** is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	9	8	hq73		οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
+MRK	9	8	hq73	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	q2qv	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1		The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	pdmm	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	w1nf	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	wter		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
 MRK	9	9	w98g	figs-metonymy	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	would rise from the dead	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	10	to7w	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	10	edv3		καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1		**And they kept the word to themselves** means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus’ transfiguration”
+MRK	9	10	edv3	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1		**And they kept the matter to themselves** means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus’ transfiguration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	10	wfu9		ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise from the dead	See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse.
 MRK	9	11	s9zn	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	they were questioning him	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	11	je29	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν	1		Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	11	wgsr	translate-names	Ἠλείαν	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	9	12	x5ep		Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα	1	Elijah has come first to restore all things	By saying this, Jesus affirms that **Elijah** had **come first**.
 MRK	9	12	o8hf	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?	Jesus uses uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	12	toik	figs-activepassive	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	would be despised	If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	14	qn7d			0	Connecting Statement:	When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
-MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having come to the disciples	Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other **disciples** who had not gone with them up the mountain.
-MRK	9	14	cs1f		εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς	1	they saw a great crowd around them	“Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples”
-MRK	9	14	wp9z		γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς	1	scribes arguing with them	The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
-MRK	9	15	lch5	figs-explicit	ἐξεθαμβήθησαν	1	were amazed	It may be helpful to state why they **were amazed**. Alternate translation: “was amazed that Jesus had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	17	b7v8			0	Connecting Statement:	To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
-MRK	9	17	zqw9	figs-idiom	ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον	1	having a mute spirit	This means the boy is possessed by an unclean spirit that made him unable to speak. Alternate translation: “having an unclean spirit that prevented him from speaking” or “being possessed by an unclean spirit that makes him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	9	18	zhc9		ἀφρίζει	1	he foams at the mouth	A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: “bubbles come out of his mouth”
-MRK	9	18	h98h		ξηραίνεται	1	he becomes rigid	“he becomes stiff” or “his body becomes rigid”
-MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	The pronoun **them** is plural so here Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	If it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having come to the disciples	Alternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
+MRK	9	14	qsp3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refers to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	15	qhc3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν	1		All three of the occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	16	w679	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crown” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	18	h98h		ξηραίνεται	1	he becomes rigid	Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
+MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	9	19	azc9	figs-abstractnouns	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	You unbelieving generation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	19	nbw0	figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1		Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
+MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus is using two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. I have become greatly weary by your unbelief” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	will I bear with you	“should I endure you” or “must I put up with you”
-MRK	9	20	bw3l		τὸ πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	This refers to the unclean spirit. See how you translated this in [Mark 9:17](../09/17.md).
-MRK	9	20	l4r5		συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	This is a condition where a person has no control over his body, and his body shakes violently.
-MRK	9	21	f5zm	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	From childhood	“Since he was a small child.” It may be helpful to state this as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “He has been like this since he was a small child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	22	f5yu		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having had compassion	“feeling compassion”
-MRK	9	23	vh6c	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: “Do you say to me ‘If you are able’?” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	23	g3nd	figs-rquestion	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the man’s doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able.’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one believing	“God can do anything for people who believe in him”
-MRK	9	23	f3uj		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	“for the person who believes” or “for anyone who believes”
-MRK	9	23	e5kk		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: “for the one who believes in God”
-MRK	9	24	h4y6		βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: “Help me when I do not believe” or “Help me have more faith”
-MRK	9	25	qaw4		ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
-MRK	9	25	ul8k		τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
-MRK	9	26	adb6		κράξας	1	having cried out	“after the unclean spirit cried out”
-MRK	9	26	i8dz		πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν	1	convulsed him greatly	“shook him violently”
-MRK	9	26	ry3l	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	it came out	It is implied that the spirit **came out** of the boy. Alternate translation: “it came out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	26	n7h8	figs-simile	ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς	1	he became like a dead person	The boy’s appearance is compared to that of **a dead person**. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MRK	9	26	ns4t		ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς	1	so that many	“so that many people”
-MRK	9	27	g2lt	figs-idiom	κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	having taken him by his hand	This means that Jesus grasped the boy’s hand with his own **hand**. Alternate translation: “having grasped the boy by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	9	27	r9zn		ἤγειρεν αὐτόν	1	lifted him up	“helped him get up”
-MRK	9	28	sd45		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	“privately.” This means he was alone with them.
-MRK	9	28	x1ej	figs-ellipsis	ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό	1	cast it out	“cast the unclean spirit out.” This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “cast the unclean spirit out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	29	pdk2	figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting	The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MRK	9	29	v2s7	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	This kind	This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	30	q4iu			0	Connecting Statement:	After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
-MRK	9	30	pp6z		κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες	1	And having gone out from there	“And after Jesus and his disciples left that region”
-MRK	9	30	f12g		παρεπορεύοντο διὰ	1	they were passing through	“they traveled through” or “they passed by”
-MRK	9	31	ywi8	figs-explicit	ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	for he was teaching his disciples	Jesus **was teaching his disciples** privately, away from the crowd. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	31	y5cw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	Here Jesus refers to himself as the **Son of Man**. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man, am being delivered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after they have put him to death and three days have passed, he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	32	vtx1	figs-ellipsis	ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι	1	they were afraid to ask him	They **were afraid to ask** Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	33	xv94	writing-newevent		0	Connecting Statement:	When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MRK	9	33	swa7		ἦλθον εἰς	1	they came to	“they arrived at.” The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
-MRK	9	33	t717		διελογίζεσθε	1	were you discussing	“were you discussing with one another”
-MRK	9	34	sq3c	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἐσιώπων	1	they were silent	They **were silent** because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	34	gdg3	figs-explicit	τίς μείζων	1	about who was the greatest	Here, **the greatest** refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “about who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	will I bear with you	Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
+MRK	9	19	nrya		φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1		In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people.
+MRK	9	20	bw3l		πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md).
+MRK	9	20	l4r5	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	20	vdj4	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1		In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	21	f5zm		καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	From childhood	Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
+MRK	9	22	f5yu	figs-infostructure<br>	βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	having had compassion	In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])<br>
+MRK	9	22	fbup	figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	23	vh6c		εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
+MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one believing	Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
+MRK	9	23	e5kk	figs-explicit	τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically <br>refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	24	h4y6	figs-explicit	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	24	wssi	figs-abstractnouns	βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	25	qaw4	figs-explicit	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	25	b54j	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+MRK	9	25	ul8k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	25	zd5c	figs-go	ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	26	adb6		κράξας	1	having cried out	Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
+MRK	9	26	i8dz	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1	convulsed him greatly	Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	26	n7h8	figs-nominaladj	ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς	1	he became like a dead person	Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MRK	9	26	ns4t		ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν	1	so that many	Alternate translation: “so that many people said”
+MRK	9	27	r9zn		ἤγειρεν αὐτόν	1	lifted him up	Alternate translation: “helped him get up”
+MRK	9	28	f0x7	figs-go	εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον	1		Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	28	zwjp		εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον	1		Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
+MRK	9	28	sd45		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	Alternate translation: “privately”
+MRK	9	29	pdk2	figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting	The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MRK	9	29	v2s7	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	This kind	Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	29	kh4w	figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	29	yrzf	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+MRK	9	29	l6ok	figs-abstractnouns	νηστείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	31	y5cw		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	 Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
+MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	33	xv94	figs-go	ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	33	l2kj	figs-go	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	34	gdg3	figs-explicit	τίς μείζων	1	about who was the greatest	Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1	If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all	Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων	-1	of all … of all	“of all people … of all people”
-MRK	9	36	gmb1		ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	in their midst	“among them.” The word **their** refers to the crowd.
-MRK	9	36	idb8		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ	1	having taken him in his arms	This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and held him.
-MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	“a child like this”
-MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he loves me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who has sent me	This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	38	idn7		ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John was saying to him	“John said to Jesus”
-MRK	9	38	tn6s	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια	1	casting out demons	“sending away demons.” This refers to **casting** **demons** out of people. Alternate translation: “casting demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here, **name** is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he was not following us	This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	“is not opposing us”
-MRK	9	40	j8gq		ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	is for us	It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
-MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-metaphor	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he will definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-MRK	9	42	z6k5		μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
-MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, **hand** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	43	iku4		κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life maimed	“to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
-MRK	9	43	g6ww	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	43	qjm9		κυλλὸν	1	maimed	missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
-MRK	9	43	ttl7		εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	into the unquenchable fire	“where the fire cannot be put out”
-MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	if your foot may cause you to stumble	Here the word **foot** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	45	vj49		εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	“to be lame and then to enter into life” or “to be lame before entering into life”
-MRK	9	45	r1dy	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	9	45	c2vw		χωλὸν	1	lame	“unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
-MRK	9	45	tmd6	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word **eye** could be: (1) a metonym for desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) a metonym for desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	9	47	e52s	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα	1	to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than, having two eyes	This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than, having lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	48	uh4p	figs-explicit	ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ	1	where their worm does not die	The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	35	um58	translate-ordinal	 πρῶτος	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])<br>
+MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων…πάντων	1	of all … of all	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
+MRK	9	36	qqcu	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
+MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	37	uik3	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1		**does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who has sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he was not following us	Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	9	39	oynl	figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν	1		Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	9	39	yw2q	figs-metonymy	ὀνόματί	1		See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	39	h7ez	figs-abstractnouns	κακολογῆσαί	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
+MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-explicit	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	9	41	m0d8	figs-metonymy	ὀνόματι	1		See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	41	u325	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ὀνόματι	1		Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	9	41	bpz5	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1		**in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+MRK	9	41	wnb2	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	41	jjq5	figs-gendernotations	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1		Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MRK	9	42	cj0l	figs-metaphor	ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1		The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)<br><br>
+MRK	9	42	gef5	figs-explicit	καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ	1		Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	9	42	z6k5	translate-unknown	μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	*large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	9	42	bx6c	figs-explicit	περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1		The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	43	ifcv	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν	1		When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
+MRK	9	43	h9lh	figs-hyperbole	κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	43	wd7y	figs-explicit	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	9	43	l5bf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	9	43	ttl7		εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	into the unquenchable fire	Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
+MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	if your foot may cause you to stumble	Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	45	so26	figs-explicit	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1		See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	9	45	vj49	figs-hyperbole	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	45	hbt9	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1		If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	47	okc3	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1		Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	47	h4dv	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+MRK	9	47	t7uv	figs-hyperbole	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	may become unsalty	“loses its salty taste”
-MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	**with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	9	50	t76n		αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	will you season it	“will you make it taste salty again”
 MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
-MRK	10	1	vf86			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
-MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and the other side of the Jordan River	“and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
-MRK	10	1	qyp5		πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	he was teaching them again	The word **them** refers to the crowds.
-MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he had been accustomed to do	“was his custom” or “he usually did”
-MRK	10	3	p9nu		τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς?	1	What did Moses command you?	Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this?”
-MRK	10	4	qu28		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
-MRK	10	5	djt9	writing-quotations	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	But Jesus said to them, “Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you	In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said to them, ‘He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-MRK	10	5	jzb2		πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you	Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words **your** and **you**. Alternate translation: “He wrote this law because your ancestors and you had hard hearts”
-MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	10	5	xqzb	figs-metaphor	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	6	m6lj		ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	He made them	“God made people”
-MRK	10	7	k39e			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
-MRK	10	7	xr7h		ἕνεκεν τούτου	1	For the sake of this	“Therefore” or “Because of this”
-MRK	10	8	rd63		καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	and the two will become one flesh	Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
-MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” or “they are no longer two, but together they are one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	9	ty4e	figs-explicit	ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate	The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	10	ufw6		καὶ εἰς	1	And in	“And when Jesus and his disciples were in”
-MRK	10	10	c2ya	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	in the house	Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: “alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	10	l8fu		περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him about this	The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
-MRK	10	11	i5kp		ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	“Anyone who”
-MRK	10	11	vt25		μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	commits adultery against her	Here, **her** refers to the first woman he was married to.
-MRK	10	12	sn1m	figs-explicit	μοιχᾶται	1	she commits adultery	In this situation she **commits adultery** again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	13	j3t9			0	Connecting Statement:	When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
-MRK	10	13	zx1f	writing-newevent	καὶ προσέφερον	1	And they were bringing	“And people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MRK	10	13	pk8a	figs-explicit	αὐτῶν ἅψηται	1	he might touch them	This means that Jesus would **touch them** with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “he might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	13	w5lm		ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς	1	rebuked them	“rebuked the people”
-MRK	10	14	lsq4		ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having seen this, Jesus	The word **this** refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
-MRK	10	14	rv7x		ἠγανάκτησεν	1	was indignant	“became angry”
-MRK	10	14	yi5m	figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them	These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MRK	10	14	qj7i	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	do not prevent	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MRK	10	14	je6w	figs-metaphor	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for of those such as these is the kingdom of God	The **kingdom** belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God includes people who are like them” or “because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	15	y3a2		ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it	“if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he will definitely not enter it”
-MRK	10	15	a1e7	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	as a little child	Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MRK	10	15	h8pt		μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	might not receive the kingdom of God	“does not accept God as their king”
-MRK	10	15	q3ck		οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	may certainly not enter into it	The word **it** refers to the kingdom of God.
-MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	having taken them into his arms	“holding the children in his arms”
-MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, **inherit** here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is **good** the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	10	18	b5wg		ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	is good except God alone	“good. Only God is good”
-MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	“do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
+MRK	9	50	syc9	figs-rpronouns	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1		The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+MRK	9	50	tind	figs-yousingular	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1		**be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
+MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	1	goki	figs-go	ἔρχεται	1		Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and the other side of the Jordan River	Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
+MRK	10	1	s6fy	figs-go	συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι  πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he had been accustomed to do	Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
+MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	10	5	xqzb	figs-idiom	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
+MRK	10	6	m6lj	figs-nominaladj	ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	He made them	Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MRK	10	6	jz57	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1		Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])<br>
+MRK	10	7	lfzd	grammar-collectivenouns	καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+MRK	10	7	ycp7	figs-explicit	καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1		The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his father’s and mother’s home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	8	rd63		καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	and the two will become one flesh	In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
+MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	9	ty4e	figs-explicit	ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate	The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	9	pty4	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1		Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MRK	10	10	l8fu	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him about this	The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	11	i5kp		ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	Alternate translation: “Anyone who”
+MRK	10	12	sn1m	figs-explicit	μοιχᾶται	1	she commits adultery	Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	13	zx1f	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And they were bringing	Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])<br>
+MRK	10	13	nmw7	figs-explicit	προσέφερον	1		Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+MRK	10	13	pk8a	figs-explicit	αὐτῶν ἅψηται	1	he might touch them	Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	14	yi5m	figs-doublet	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them	The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used  for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br><br>
+MRK	10	14	qj7i	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	do not prevent	If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MRK	10	15	y3a2		ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it	Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it”
+MRK	10	15	a1e7	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	as a little child	The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MRK	10	15	q3ck	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	may certainly not enter into it	Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	having taken them into his arms	Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
+MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	10	17	h45i	figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	10	18	uwt6		τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here.
+MRK	10	18	gyod		τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s charachter.
+MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
 MRK	10	21	syq1	figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	One thing you are lacking	“There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lacking** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	21	rd85	figs-metonymy	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	give it to the poor	Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	10	21	ux1l	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	This refers to **poor** people. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -1429,3 +1378,4 @@ MRK	16	1	cw1b			0	Connecting Statement:	On the first day of the week, women come
 MRK	16	1	p61n		καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	And the Sabbath having passed	That is, after **the Sabbath**, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
 MRK	16	4	kld9	figs-activepassive	ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος	1	the stone had been rolled away	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	16	6	x9m8	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	He has been raised!	The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	10	to7w	figs-metonymy		1		Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
\ No newline at end of file